agora inbox for [email protected]help / color / mirror / Atom feed
[PATCH v3] Introduce ternary reloptions 469+ messages / 2 participants [nested] [flat]
* [PATCH v3] Introduce ternary reloptions @ 2026-01-16 15:04 Álvaro Herrera <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Álvaro Herrera @ 2026-01-16 15:04 UTC (permalink / raw) Introduce ternary reloption as a replacement for current `vacuum_truncate` implementation. Remove the `vacuum_truncate_set` separate flag and use TERNARY_UNSET instead. This could also be used for other options such as `vacuum_index_cleanup` and `buffering`, but lets get the scaffolding in first. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3474141.usfYGdeWWP@thinkpad-pgpro --- src/backend/access/common/reloptions.c | 137 ++++++++++++++++++----- src/backend/commands/vacuum.c | 4 +- src/include/access/reloptions.h | 27 ++--- src/include/postgres.h | 15 +++ src/include/utils/rel.h | 3 +- src/test/regress/expected/reloptions.out | 36 ++++++ src/test/regress/sql/reloptions.sql | 21 ++++ src/tools/pgindent/typedefs.list | 2 + 8 files changed, 202 insertions(+), 43 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/reloptions.c b/src/backend/access/common/reloptions.c index 0b83f98ed5f..6f1f577581a 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/reloptions.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/reloptions.c @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ * * To add an option: * - * (i) decide on a type (bool, integer, real, enum, string), name, default - * value, upper and lower bounds (if applicable); for strings, consider a - * validation routine. + * (i) decide on a type (bool, ternary, integer, real, enum, string), name, + * default value, upper and lower bounds (if applicable); for strings, + * consider a validation routine. * (ii) add a record below (or use add_<type>_reloption). * (iii) add it to the appropriate options struct (perhaps StdRdOptions) * (iv) add it to the appropriate handling routine (perhaps @@ -147,15 +147,6 @@ static relopt_bool boolRelOpts[] = }, false }, - { - { - "vacuum_truncate", - "Enables vacuum to truncate empty pages at the end of this table", - RELOPT_KIND_HEAP | RELOPT_KIND_TOAST, - ShareUpdateExclusiveLock - }, - true - }, { { "deduplicate_items", @@ -170,6 +161,25 @@ static relopt_bool boolRelOpts[] = {{NULL}} }; +static relopt_ternary ternaryRelOpts[] = +{ + { + { + "vacuum_truncate", + "Enables vacuum to truncate empty pages at the end of this table", + RELOPT_KIND_HEAP | RELOPT_KIND_TOAST, + ShareUpdateExclusiveLock + }, + TERNARY_UNSET + }, + /* list terminator */ + { + { + NULL + } + } +}; + static relopt_int intRelOpts[] = { { @@ -609,6 +619,13 @@ initialize_reloptions(void) boolRelOpts[i].gen.lockmode)); j++; } + for (i = 0; ternaryRelOpts[i].gen.name; i++) + { + Assert(DoLockModesConflict(ternaryRelOpts[i].gen.lockmode, + ternaryRelOpts[i].gen.lockmode)); + j++; + } + for (i = 0; intRelOpts[i].gen.name; i++) { Assert(DoLockModesConflict(intRelOpts[i].gen.lockmode, @@ -649,6 +666,14 @@ initialize_reloptions(void) j++; } + for (i = 0; ternaryRelOpts[i].gen.name; i++) + { + relOpts[j] = &ternaryRelOpts[i].gen; + relOpts[j]->type = RELOPT_TYPE_TERNARY; + relOpts[j]->namelen = strlen(relOpts[j]->name); + j++; + } + for (i = 0; intRelOpts[i].gen.name; i++) { relOpts[j] = &intRelOpts[i].gen; @@ -809,6 +834,9 @@ allocate_reloption(bits32 kinds, int type, const char *name, const char *desc, case RELOPT_TYPE_BOOL: size = sizeof(relopt_bool); break; + case RELOPT_TYPE_TERNARY: + size = sizeof(relopt_ternary); + break; case RELOPT_TYPE_INT: size = sizeof(relopt_int); break; @@ -892,6 +920,57 @@ add_local_bool_reloption(local_relopts *relopts, const char *name, add_local_reloption(relopts, (relopt_gen *) newoption, offset); } +/* + * init_ternary_reloption + * Allocate and initialize a new ternary reloption + */ +static relopt_ternary * +init_ternary_reloption(bits32 kinds, const char *name, const char *desc, + pg_ternary default_val, LOCKMODE lockmode) +{ + relopt_ternary *newoption; + + newoption = (relopt_ternary *) + allocate_reloption(kinds, RELOPT_TYPE_TERNARY, name, desc, lockmode); + newoption->default_val = default_val; + + return newoption; +} + +/* + * add_ternary_reloption + * Add a new ternary reloption + */ +void +add_ternary_reloption(bits32 kinds, const char *name, const char *desc, + pg_ternary default_val, LOCKMODE lockmode) +{ + relopt_ternary *newoption; + + newoption = + init_ternary_reloption(kinds, name, desc, default_val, lockmode); + + add_reloption((relopt_gen *) newoption); +} + +/* + * add_local_ternary_reloption + * Add a new ternary local reloption + * + * 'offset' is offset of ternary-typed field. + */ +void +add_local_ternary_reloption(local_relopts *relopts, const char *name, + const char *desc, pg_ternary default_val, + int offset) +{ + relopt_ternary *newoption; + + newoption = + init_ternary_reloption(RELOPT_KIND_LOCAL, name, desc, default_val, 0); + + add_local_reloption(relopts, (relopt_gen *) newoption, offset); +} /* * init_real_reloption @@ -1626,6 +1705,19 @@ parse_one_reloption(relopt_value *option, char *text_str, int text_len, option->gen->name, value))); } break; + case RELOPT_TYPE_TERNARY: + { + bool b; + + parsed = parse_bool(value, &b); + option->values.ternary_val = b ? TERNARY_TRUE : TERNARY_FALSE; + if (validate && !parsed) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), + errmsg("invalid value for ternary option \"%s\": %s", + option->gen->name, value))); + } + break; case RELOPT_TYPE_INT: { relopt_int *optint = (relopt_int *) option->gen; @@ -1789,17 +1881,6 @@ fillRelOptions(void *rdopts, Size basesize, char *itempos = ((char *) rdopts) + elems[j].offset; char *string_val; - /* - * If isset_offset is provided, store whether the reloption is - * set there. - */ - if (elems[j].isset_offset > 0) - { - char *setpos = ((char *) rdopts) + elems[j].isset_offset; - - *(bool *) setpos = options[i].isset; - } - switch (options[i].gen->type) { case RELOPT_TYPE_BOOL: @@ -1807,6 +1888,11 @@ fillRelOptions(void *rdopts, Size basesize, options[i].values.bool_val : ((relopt_bool *) options[i].gen)->default_val; break; + case RELOPT_TYPE_TERNARY: + *(pg_ternary *) itempos = options[i].isset ? + options[i].values.ternary_val : + ((relopt_ternary *) options[i].gen)->default_val; + break; case RELOPT_TYPE_INT: *(int *) itempos = options[i].isset ? options[i].values.int_val : @@ -1923,8 +2009,8 @@ default_reloptions(Datum reloptions, bool validate, relopt_kind kind) offsetof(StdRdOptions, parallel_workers)}, {"vacuum_index_cleanup", RELOPT_TYPE_ENUM, offsetof(StdRdOptions, vacuum_index_cleanup)}, - {"vacuum_truncate", RELOPT_TYPE_BOOL, - offsetof(StdRdOptions, vacuum_truncate), offsetof(StdRdOptions, vacuum_truncate_set)}, + {"vacuum_truncate", RELOPT_TYPE_TERNARY, + offsetof(StdRdOptions, vacuum_truncate)}, {"vacuum_max_eager_freeze_failure_rate", RELOPT_TYPE_REAL, offsetof(StdRdOptions, vacuum_max_eager_freeze_failure_rate)} }; @@ -2004,7 +2090,6 @@ build_local_reloptions(local_relopts *relopts, Datum options, bool validate) elems[i].optname = opt->option->name; elems[i].opttype = opt->option->type; elems[i].offset = opt->offset; - elems[i].isset_offset = 0; /* not supported for local relopts yet */ i++; } diff --git a/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c b/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c index aa4fbec143f..696eab9bd97 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c @@ -2224,9 +2224,9 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams params, { StdRdOptions *opts = (StdRdOptions *) rel->rd_options; - if (opts && opts->vacuum_truncate_set) + if (opts && opts->vacuum_truncate != TERNARY_UNSET) { - if (opts->vacuum_truncate) + if (opts->vacuum_truncate == TERNARY_TRUE) params.truncate = VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED; else params.truncate = VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED; diff --git a/src/include/access/reloptions.h b/src/include/access/reloptions.h index 2f08e1b0cf0..dfbef2babf2 100644 --- a/src/include/access/reloptions.h +++ b/src/include/access/reloptions.h @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ typedef enum relopt_type { RELOPT_TYPE_BOOL, + RELOPT_TYPE_TERNARY, /* on, off, unset */ RELOPT_TYPE_INT, RELOPT_TYPE_REAL, RELOPT_TYPE_ENUM, @@ -80,6 +81,7 @@ typedef struct relopt_value union { bool bool_val; + pg_ternary ternary_val; int int_val; double real_val; int enum_val; @@ -94,6 +96,12 @@ typedef struct relopt_bool bool default_val; } relopt_bool; +typedef struct relopt_ternary +{ + relopt_gen gen; + int default_val; +} relopt_ternary; + typedef struct relopt_int { relopt_gen gen; @@ -152,19 +160,6 @@ typedef struct const char *optname; /* option's name */ relopt_type opttype; /* option's datatype */ int offset; /* offset of field in result struct */ - - /* - * isset_offset is an optional offset of a field in the result struct that - * stores whether the option is explicitly set for the relation or if it - * just picked up the default value. In most cases, this can be - * accomplished by giving the reloption a special out-of-range default - * value (e.g., some integer reloptions use -2), but this isn't always - * possible. For example, a Boolean reloption cannot be given an - * out-of-range default, so we need another way to discover the source of - * its value. This offset is only used if given a value greater than - * zero. - */ - int isset_offset; } relopt_parse_elt; /* Local reloption definition */ @@ -195,6 +190,9 @@ typedef struct local_relopts extern relopt_kind add_reloption_kind(void); extern void add_bool_reloption(bits32 kinds, const char *name, const char *desc, bool default_val, LOCKMODE lockmode); +extern void add_ternary_reloption(bits32 kinds, const char *name, + const char *desc, pg_ternary default_val, + LOCKMODE lockmode); extern void add_int_reloption(bits32 kinds, const char *name, const char *desc, int default_val, int min_val, int max_val, LOCKMODE lockmode); @@ -214,6 +212,9 @@ extern void register_reloptions_validator(local_relopts *relopts, extern void add_local_bool_reloption(local_relopts *relopts, const char *name, const char *desc, bool default_val, int offset); +extern void add_local_ternary_reloption(local_relopts *relopts, + const char *name, const char *desc, + pg_ternary default_val, int offset); extern void add_local_int_reloption(local_relopts *relopts, const char *name, const char *desc, int default_val, int min_val, int max_val, int offset); diff --git a/src/include/postgres.h b/src/include/postgres.h index 7d93fbce709..47c88780776 100644 --- a/src/include/postgres.h +++ b/src/include/postgres.h @@ -543,6 +543,21 @@ Float8GetDatum(float8 X) * ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* + * pg_ternary + * Boolean value with an extra "unset" value + * + * This enum can be used for values that want to distinguish between true, + * false, and unset. +*/ + +typedef enum pg_ternary +{ + TERNARY_FALSE = 0, + TERNARY_TRUE = 1, + TERNARY_UNSET = -1 +} pg_ternary; + /* * NON_EXEC_STATIC: It's sometimes useful to define a variable or function * that is normally static but extern when using EXEC_BACKEND (see diff --git a/src/include/utils/rel.h b/src/include/utils/rel.h index d03ab247788..5feb18a5373 100644 --- a/src/include/utils/rel.h +++ b/src/include/utils/rel.h @@ -347,8 +347,7 @@ typedef struct StdRdOptions bool user_catalog_table; /* use as an additional catalog relation */ int parallel_workers; /* max number of parallel workers */ StdRdOptIndexCleanup vacuum_index_cleanup; /* controls index vacuuming */ - bool vacuum_truncate; /* enables vacuum to truncate a relation */ - bool vacuum_truncate_set; /* whether vacuum_truncate is set */ + pg_ternary vacuum_truncate; /* enables vacuum to truncate a relation */ /* * Fraction of pages in a relation that vacuum can eagerly scan and fail diff --git a/src/test/regress/expected/reloptions.out b/src/test/regress/expected/reloptions.out index 9de19b4e3f1..1c99f79ab01 100644 --- a/src/test/regress/expected/reloptions.out +++ b/src/test/regress/expected/reloptions.out @@ -98,6 +98,42 @@ SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'reloptions_test'::regclass; {fillfactor=13,autovacuum_enabled=false} (1 row) +-- Tests for future (FIXME) ternary options +-- behave as boolean option: accept unassigned name and truncated value +DROP TABLE reloptions_test; +CREATE TABLE reloptions_test(i INT) WITH (vacuum_truncate); +SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'reloptions_test'::regclass; + reloptions +------------------------ + {vacuum_truncate=true} +(1 row) + +DROP TABLE reloptions_test; +CREATE TABLE reloptions_test(i INT) WITH (vacuum_truncate=FaLS); +SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'reloptions_test'::regclass; + reloptions +------------------------ + {vacuum_truncate=fals} +(1 row) + +-- preferred "true" alias is used when storing +DROP TABLE reloptions_test; +CREATE TABLE reloptions_test(i INT) WITH (vacuum_index_cleanup=on); +SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'reloptions_test'::regclass; + reloptions +--------------------------- + {vacuum_index_cleanup=on} +(1 row) + +-- custom "third" value is available +DROP TABLE reloptions_test; +CREATE TABLE reloptions_test(i INT) WITH (vacuum_index_cleanup=auto); +SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'reloptions_test'::regclass; + reloptions +----------------------------- + {vacuum_index_cleanup=auto} +(1 row) + -- Test vacuum_truncate option DROP TABLE reloptions_test; CREATE TEMP TABLE reloptions_test(i INT NOT NULL, j text) diff --git a/src/test/regress/sql/reloptions.sql b/src/test/regress/sql/reloptions.sql index 24fbe0b478d..f5980dafcbc 100644 --- a/src/test/regress/sql/reloptions.sql +++ b/src/test/regress/sql/reloptions.sql @@ -59,6 +59,27 @@ UPDATE pg_class ALTER TABLE reloptions_test RESET (illegal_option); SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'reloptions_test'::regclass; +-- Tests for future (FIXME) ternary options + +-- behave as boolean option: accept unassigned name and truncated value +DROP TABLE reloptions_test; +CREATE TABLE reloptions_test(i INT) WITH (vacuum_truncate); +SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'reloptions_test'::regclass; + +DROP TABLE reloptions_test; +CREATE TABLE reloptions_test(i INT) WITH (vacuum_truncate=FaLS); +SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'reloptions_test'::regclass; + +-- preferred "true" alias is used when storing +DROP TABLE reloptions_test; +CREATE TABLE reloptions_test(i INT) WITH (vacuum_index_cleanup=on); +SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'reloptions_test'::regclass; + +-- custom "third" value is available +DROP TABLE reloptions_test; +CREATE TABLE reloptions_test(i INT) WITH (vacuum_index_cleanup=auto); +SELECT reloptions FROM pg_class WHERE oid = 'reloptions_test'::regclass; + -- Test vacuum_truncate option DROP TABLE reloptions_test; diff --git a/src/tools/pgindent/typedefs.list b/src/tools/pgindent/typedefs.list index 3f3a888fd0e..1c8610fd46c 100644 --- a/src/tools/pgindent/typedefs.list +++ b/src/tools/pgindent/typedefs.list @@ -3952,6 +3952,7 @@ pg_sha512_ctx pg_snapshot pg_special_case pg_stack_base_t +pg_ternary pg_time_t pg_time_usec_t pg_tz @@ -4079,6 +4080,7 @@ relopt_kind relopt_parse_elt relopt_real relopt_string +relopt_ternary relopt_type relopt_value relopts_validator -- 2.47.3 --c36t3fndxhkzbl5z-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 469+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 469+ messages in thread
end of thread, other threads:[~2026-07-06 04:44 UTC | newest] Thread overview: 469+ messages (download: mbox mbox.gz follow: Atom feed) -- links below jump to the message on this page -- 2026-01-16 15:04 [PATCH v3] Introduce ternary reloptions Álvaro Herrera <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]>
This inbox is served by agora; see mirroring instructions for how to clone and mirror all data and code used for this inbox